blob: 9f6e712e2544c9b4ef35f3f35a0e70e3d2a78f76 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner60a65912002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I);
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +0000116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
117 CastInst*LHSI,
118 ConstantInt* CI);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000119 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
120 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000121 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000122 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000123 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000124 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
125 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000126 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
127 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000128 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000129 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000130 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000131 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000132 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000133
134 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000135 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000136
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000137 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000138 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
140
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000141 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000142 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
143 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
144 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000145 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000146 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
147 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000148 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
149 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
150 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000151 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000152 }
153
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000154 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
155 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
156 /// cast.
157 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
158 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
159
160 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
161 WorkList.push_back(C);
162 return C;
163 }
164
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000165 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
166 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
167 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
168 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
169 // modified.
170 //
171 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000172 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000173 if (&I != V) {
174 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
175 return &I;
176 } else {
177 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
178 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000179 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000180 return &I;
181 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000182 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000183
184 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
185 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
186 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
187 // this function.
188 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
189 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
190 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
191 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000192 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000193 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
194 }
195
196
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000197 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000198 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
199 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
200 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
201 ///
202 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
203 Instruction *InsertBefore);
204
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000205 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000206 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000208
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000209
210 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
211 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
212 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
213 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
214
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000215 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
216 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
217 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
218 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
219
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000220 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
221 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000222
223 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
224 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000225 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000226
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000227 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000228}
229
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000230// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000231// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
233 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
234 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000235 return 3;
236 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000237 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000238 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
239 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000240}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000241
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000242// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
243// it.
244static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000245 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000246}
247
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000248// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
249// though a va_arg area...
250static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000251 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000252 case Type::SByteTyID:
253 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
254 case Type::UByteTyID:
255 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
256 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
257 default: return Ty;
258 }
259}
260
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000261// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
262// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000263//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000264// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
265// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
266// binary operators.
267//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000268// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
269// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000270//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000271bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272 bool Changed = false;
273 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
274 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
275
276 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
277 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000278 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
279 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
280 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000281 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
282 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
283 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000284 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
285 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
286 return true;
287 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
288 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
289 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
290 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
291 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
292
293 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000294 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000295 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
296 Op1->getOperand(0),
297 Op1->getName(), &I);
298 WorkList.push_back(New);
299 I.setOperand(0, New);
300 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
301 return true;
302 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000303 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000304 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000305}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000306
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000307// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
308// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000309//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000310static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
311 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
312 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
313
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000314 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
315 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
316 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000317 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000318}
319
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000320static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
321 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
322 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
323
324 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000325 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000326 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000327 return 0;
328}
329
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000330// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
331// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000332// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
333// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000334//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000335static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000336 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000338 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000339 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000341 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000342 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
344 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
345 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
346 return I->getOperand(0);
347 }
348 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000349 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000350}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000351
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000352/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
353/// expression, return it.
354static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
355 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
356 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
357 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
358 return cast<User>(V);
359 return false;
360}
361
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000362// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
363// power of 2.
364static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
365 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
366 unsigned Count = 0;
367 while (Val != 1) {
368 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
369 Val >>= 1;
370 ++Count;
371 }
372 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000373}
374
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000375// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000376static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
377 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
378 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000379}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000380static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
381 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
382 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000383}
384
385// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
386// true when both operands are equal...
387//
388static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
389 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
390 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
391 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
392}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000393
394/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
395/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
396/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
397/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
398/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
399/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
400/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
401///
402template<typename Functor>
403Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
404 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
405 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
406
407 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
408 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
409 return F.apply(Root);
410
411 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
412 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000413 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000414 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
415 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
416
417 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
418 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
419 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
420 ShouldApply = true;
421 }
422
423 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
424 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
425 if (ShouldApply) {
426 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000427
428 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
429 // and perform the reassociation.
430 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
431
432 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
433 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
434
435 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
436 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000437 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000438 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
439 return 0;
440 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000441 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000442 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
444 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
445 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
446 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000447
448 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
449 // get to LHSI.
450 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
451 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000452 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
453 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
454 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
455 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
456 ARI = NextLHSI;
457
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000458 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
459 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
460 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
461 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
462 }
463
464 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
465 // the transformation...
466 return F.apply(Root);
467 }
468
469 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
470 }
471 return 0;
472}
473
474
475// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
476struct AddRHS {
477 Value *RHS;
478 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
479 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
480 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
481 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
482 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
483 }
484};
485
486// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
487// iff C1&C2 == 0
488struct AddMaskingAnd {
489 Constant *C2;
490 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
491 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000492 ConstantInt *C1;
493 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
494 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000495 }
496 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000497 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000498 }
499};
500
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000501static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000502 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
504 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
505 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
506
507 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
508 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
509 }
510
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000511 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000512 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
513 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000514
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000515 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
516 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000517 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
518 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000519 }
520
521 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
522 if (!ConstIsRHS)
523 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
524 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000525 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
526 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
527 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
528 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000529 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000530 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 abort();
532 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000533 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
534}
535
536// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
537// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
538// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
539// not have a second operand.
540static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
541 InstCombiner *IC) {
542 // Don't modify shared select instructions
543 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
544 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
545 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
546
547 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
548 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
549 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
550
551 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
552 SelectFalseVal);
553 }
554 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000555}
556
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000557
558/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
559/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
560/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
561Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
562 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000563 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
564 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
565 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000566
567 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
568 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000569 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000570 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
571 return 0;
572
573 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
574 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
575 I.setName("");
576 NewPN->op_reserve(PN->getNumOperands());
577 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
578
579 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
580 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
581 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000582 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000583 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
584 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
585 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
586 }
587 } else {
588 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
589 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000590 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000591 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
592 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
593 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
594 }
595 }
596 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
597}
598
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000599Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000600 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000601 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000602
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000603 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000604 // X + undef -> undef
605 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
606 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
607
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 // X + 0 --> X
609 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
610 RHSC->isNullValue())
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
612
613 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
614 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
615 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
616 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000617 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000618 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000619 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000620
621 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
622 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
623 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000625
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000626 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000627 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000628 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000629 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000630
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000631 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000632 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000633 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000634
635 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000636 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
637 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000638 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000639
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000640 ConstantInt *C2;
641 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
642 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
643 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
644
645 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
646 ConstantInt *C1;
647 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
648 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000649 }
650
651 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000652 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
653 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
654
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000655
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000656 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000657 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000658 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000659
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000660 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000661 Value *X;
662 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
663 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
664 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000665 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000666
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000667 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
668 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
669 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
670 if (Anded == CRHS) {
671 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
672 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
673 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
674
675 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
676 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
677 AddRHSHighBits &= (1ULL << C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
678
679 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
680 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
681
682 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
683 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
684 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
685 LHS->getName()), I);
686 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
687 }
688 }
689 }
690
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000691 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
692 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000693 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000694 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000695 }
696
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000697 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000698}
699
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000700// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
701// highest order bit set.
702static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
703 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
704 return (CI->getRawValue() & ~(-1LL << NumBits)) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
705}
706
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000707static unsigned getTypeSizeInBits(const Type *Ty) {
708 return Ty == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
709}
710
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000711/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
712///
713static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
714 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
715 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
716 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
717 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
718 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSize() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSize())
719 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
720 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
721 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
722 }
723 return V;
724}
725
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000726Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000727 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000728
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000729 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
730 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000731
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000732 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000733 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000734 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000735
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000736 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
737 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
738 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
739 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
740
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000741 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
742 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000743 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
744 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000745
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000746 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000747 Value *X;
748 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
749 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000750 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000751 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
752 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000753 if (C->isNullValue()) {
754 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
755 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000756 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
757 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
758 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000759 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000760 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000761 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000762 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000763 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000764 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000765 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
766 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
767 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
768 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
769 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
770 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
771 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
773 return NewShift;
774 else {
775 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
776 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
777 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 }
779 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000780 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000781
782 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
783 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000784 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000785 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000786
787 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
788 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
789 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000790 }
791
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000792 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000793 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000794 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
795 // is not used by anyone else...
796 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000797 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
798 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000799 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
800 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
801 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
802 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
803
804 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000805 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000806 }
807
808 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
809 //
810 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
811 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
812 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
813
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000814 Value *NewNot =
815 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000816 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000817 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000818
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000819 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
820 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
821 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
822 if (CSI->getValue() == 0)
823 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
824 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
825 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
826
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000827 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000828 ConstantInt *C2;
829 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
830 Constant *CP1 =
831 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000833 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000834 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000835
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000836
837 ConstantInt *C1;
838 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
839 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
840 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
841 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
842 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000843
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000844 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
845 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
846 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
847 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000848 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000849}
850
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000851/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
852/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
853static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
854 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
855 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
856 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
857 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
858 } else {
859 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
860 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
861 // the size of the integer type.
862 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
863 return RHSC->getValue() == 1ULL<<(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
864 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
865 return RHSC->getValue() ==
866 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1))-1;
867 }
868 return false;
869}
870
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000871Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000872 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000873 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000874
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000875 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
876 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
877
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000878 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000879 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
880 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000881
882 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
883 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
884 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
885 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000886 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
887 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000888
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000889 if (CI->isNullValue())
890 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
891 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
893 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000894 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000895
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000896 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000897 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
898 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
899 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000900 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000901 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000903
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000904 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
905 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
906 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
907 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
908 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000909
910 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
911 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000912 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000913 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000914
915 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
916 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
917 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000918 }
919
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000920 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
921 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000922 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000923
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000924 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
925 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
926 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
927 // formed.
928 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
929 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
930 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
931 BoolCast = CI;
932 if (!BoolCast)
933 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
934 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
935 BoolCast = CI;
936 if (BoolCast) {
937 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
938 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
939 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
940
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000941 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
942 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
943 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
944 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000945 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
946 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
947 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000948 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000949 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000950 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
951 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
952 }
953
954 Value *V =
955 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
956 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
957 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000958
959 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
960 // or truncate to the multiply type.
961 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000962 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000963
964 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000965 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000966 }
967 }
968 }
969
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000970 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000971}
972
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000973Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000974 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000975
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000976 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
977 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
978 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
979 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
980
981 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000982 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000983 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000984 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000985
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000986 // div X, -1 == -X
987 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000988 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000989
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000990 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000991 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
992 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000993 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
994 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
995 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
996 }
997
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000998 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
999 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1000 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1001 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1002 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001003 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001004 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001005
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001006 // -X/C -> X/-C
1007 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001008 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001009 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1010
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001011 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1012 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001013 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 return R;
1015 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1016 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1017 return NV;
1018 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001019 }
1020
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001021 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1022 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1023 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1024 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1025 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1026 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1027 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1028 return &I;
1029 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1030 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1031 return &I;
1032 }
1033
1034 if (uint64_t TSA = Log2(STO->getValue()))
1035 if (uint64_t FSA = Log2(SFO->getValue())) {
1036 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1037 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1038 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1039 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
1040
1041 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1042 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1043 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1044 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1045 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1046 }
1047 }
1048
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001049 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001050 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001051 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1052 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1053
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001054 return 0;
1055}
1056
1057
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001058Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001059 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001060 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001062 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001063 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001064 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1065 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1066 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1067 return &I;
1068 }
1069
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001070 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001071 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1073 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001074
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001075 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001076 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1077 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1078
1079 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1080 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1081 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1082 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001083 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001084 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1085 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1086
1087 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1088 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001089 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001090 return R;
1091 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1092 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1093 return NV;
1094 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001095 }
1096
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001097 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1098 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1099 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1100 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1101 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1102 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1103 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1104 return &I;
1105 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1106 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1107 return &I;
1108 }
1109
1110 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1111 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1112 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1113 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1114 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1115 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1116 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1117 }
1118 }
1119
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001120 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001121 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001122 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001123 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1124
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001125 return 0;
1126}
1127
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001128// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001129static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001130 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1131 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
1132 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1133 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1134 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1135 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1136 }
1137
1138 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1139
1140 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
1141 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1142 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1143 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1144 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1145}
1146
1147// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001148static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001149 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1150 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1151
1152 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1153
1154 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
1155 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1156 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1157 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1158 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1159}
1160
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001161// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1162// constant.
1163static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1164 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1165 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1166}
1167
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001168#if 0 // Currently unused
1169// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1170static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1171 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1172
1173 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1174 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1175
1176 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1177 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1178}
1179#endif
1180
1181// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1182// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1183static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1184 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1185
1186 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1187 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1188
1189 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1190 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1191}
1192
1193
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001194/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1195/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1196///
1197/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1198///
1199/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1200/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1201/// if A < B.
1202///
1203static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1204 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1205 // False -> 0
1206 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1207 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1208 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1209 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1210 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1211 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1212 // True -> 7
1213 default:
1214 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1215 return 0;
1216 }
1217}
1218
1219/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1220/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1221/// SetCC instruction.
1222static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1223 switch (Opcode) {
1224 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1225 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1226 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1227 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1228 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1229 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1230 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1231 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1232 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1233 }
1234}
1235
1236// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1237struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1238 InstCombiner &IC;
1239 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1240 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1241 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1242 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1243 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1244 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1245 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1246 return false;
1247 }
1248 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1249 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1250 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1251 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1252 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1253 }
1254
1255 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1256 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1257 unsigned Code;
1258 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1259 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1260 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1261 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001262 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001263 }
1264
1265 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1266 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1267 return I;
1268 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1269 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1270 }
1271};
1272
1273
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001274/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1275/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1276/// be the same type.
1277static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1278 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1279 return true;
1280 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1281 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
1282
1283 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1284 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1285 case Instruction::And:
1286 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1287 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1288 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1289 return true;
1290 break;
1291 case Instruction::Cast: {
1292 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
1293 if (SrcTy->isIntegral()) {
1294 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1295 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1296 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1297 return true;
1298
1299 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
1300 if (SrcTy != Type::BoolTy)
1301 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() ==I->getType()) ||
1302 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1303 Constant *NewMask =
1304 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1305 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1306 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1307 }
1308 }
1309 break;
1310 }
1311 case Instruction::Shl:
1312 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 << C1) & C2 == 0
1313 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
1314 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1315 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, SA);
1316 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1317 if (C1->isNullValue())
1318 return true;
1319 }
1320 break;
1321 case Instruction::Shr:
1322 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1323 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1324 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1325 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1326 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1327 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1328 if (C1->isNullValue())
1329 return true;
1330 }
1331 break;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 return false;
1336}
1337
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001338// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1339// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1340// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1341Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1342 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1343 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1344 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1345 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001346 Constant *Together = 0;
1347 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001348 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001349
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001350 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1351 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001352 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001353 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1354 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001355 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001356 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001357 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001358 }
1359 break;
1360 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001361 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1362 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001363
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001364 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1365 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1366 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1367 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1368 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1369 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001370 }
1371 break;
1372 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001373 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001374 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1375 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1376 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001377 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001378
1379 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
1380 AndRHSV &= (1ULL << AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
1381
1382 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001383 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001384 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1385 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1386 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001387 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001388
1389 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1390 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1391 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1392 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1393 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1394 // no effect.
1395 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1396 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1397 return &TheAnd;
1398 } else {
1399 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1400 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001401 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001402 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001403 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407 }
1408 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001409
1410 case Instruction::Shl: {
1411 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1412 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1413 //
1414 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001415 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1416 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
1417
1418 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1420 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001421 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1422 return &TheAnd;
1423 }
1424 break;
1425 }
1426 case Instruction::Shr:
1427 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1428 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1429 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1430 //
1431 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1432 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001433 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1434 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1435
1436 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1437 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1438 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1439 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001440 return &TheAnd;
1441 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001442 } else { // Signed shr.
1443 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1444 // with an and.
1445 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1446 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1447 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1448 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001449 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001450 // Make the argument unsigned.
1451 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1452 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1453 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1454 TheAnd);
1455 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1456 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1457 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001458 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1459 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1460 TheAnd.getName()),
1461 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001462 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1463 }
1464 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001465 }
1466 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001467 }
1468 return 0;
1469}
1470
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001471
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001472/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1473/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1474/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1475/// insert new instructions.
1476Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1477 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1478 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1479 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1480 if (Inside) {
1481 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1482 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1483 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1484 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
1485
1486 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1487 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1488 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1489 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1490 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1491 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1492 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1493 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1494 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1495 }
1496
1497 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1498 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1499
1500 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1501 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1502 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1503
1504 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1505 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1506 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1507 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1508 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1509 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1510 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1511 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1512 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1513 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1514}
1515
1516
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001517Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001518 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001519 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001520
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001521 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1522 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1523
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001524 // and X, X = X
1525 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001526 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001527
1528 // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001529 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
1530 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue()) // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001531 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001532
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001533 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1534 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1535
1536 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1537 // and in the first place.
1538 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1539 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS))))
1540 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1541
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001542 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1543 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1544 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001545 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1546 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1547 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1548 case Instruction::Xor:
1549 case Instruction::Or:
1550 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1551 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1552 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
1553 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
1554 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1555 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
1556 break;
1557 case Instruction::And:
1558 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1559 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1560 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1561 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1562 break;
1563 }
1564
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001565 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001566 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001567 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001568 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1569 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1570
1571 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1572 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
1573 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
1574
1575 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1576 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1577 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1578 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1579 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1580 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1581 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1582 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1583 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1584 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1585 return &I;
1586 }
1587
1588 } else {
1589 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1590 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1591 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1592 // it.
1593 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1594 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1595 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1596 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1597 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1598 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1599 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1600 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1601 Instruction *NC =
1602 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1603 CI->getName()+".uns");
1604 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1605 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1606 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1607 CI->setName("");
1608 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1609 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1610 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1611 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1612 }
1613 }
1614 }
1615 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001616 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001617
1618 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1619 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001620 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001621 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001622 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1623 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1624 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001625 }
1626
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001627 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1628 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001629
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001630 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1631 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1632
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001633 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001634 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001635 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1636 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001637 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001638 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1639 }
1640
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001641 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1642 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001643 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1644 return R;
1645
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001646 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1647 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1648 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1649 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1650 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1651 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1652 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1653 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1654 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1655 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1656 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1657 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1658 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1659 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1660 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1661 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1662 }
1663
1664 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1665 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1666 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1667 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1668 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1669 // equal.
1670 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1671
1672 switch (LHSCC) {
1673 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1674 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1675 switch (RHSCC) {
1676 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1677 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1678 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1679 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1680 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1681 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1682 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1683 }
1684 case Instruction::SetNE:
1685 switch (RHSCC) {
1686 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1687 case Instruction::SetLT:
1688 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1689 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1690 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1691 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1692 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1693 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1694 case Instruction::SetNE:
1695 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1696 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1697 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1698 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1699 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1700 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1701 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1702 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1703 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1704 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1705 }
1706 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1707 }
1708 break;
1709 case Instruction::SetLT:
1710 switch (RHSCC) {
1711 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1712 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1713 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1714 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1715 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1716 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1717 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1718 }
1719 case Instruction::SetGT:
1720 switch (RHSCC) {
1721 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1722 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1723 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1724 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1725 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1726 case Instruction::SetNE:
1727 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1728 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1729 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001730 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1731 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001732 }
1733 }
1734 }
1735 }
1736
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001737 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001738}
1739
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001740Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001741 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001742 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001743
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001744 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1745 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1746 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1747
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001748 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001749 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001751
1752 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001753 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001754 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1755 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1756 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1757 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1758 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001759
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001760 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1761 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1762 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1763 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1764 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1765 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1766 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1767 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001768
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001769 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1770 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1771 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1772 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1773 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1774 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1775 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001776 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001777
1778 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1779 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001780 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001781 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001782 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1783 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1784 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001785 }
1786
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001787 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001788 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
1789 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1790 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1791 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001792
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001793 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1794 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
1795 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1796 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1797 } else {
1798 A = 0;
1799 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001800
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001801 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1802 if (Op0 == B)
1803 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1804 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001805
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001806 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001807 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1808 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1809 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1810 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1811 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001812 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001813
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001814 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001815 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001816 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1817 return R;
1818
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001819 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1820 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1821 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1822 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1823 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1824 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1825 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1826 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1827 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1828 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1829 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1830 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1831 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1832 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1833 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1834 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1835 }
1836
1837 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1838 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1839 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1840 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1841 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1842 // equal.
1843 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1844
1845 switch (LHSCC) {
1846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1847 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1848 switch (RHSCC) {
1849 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1850 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1851 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1852 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1853 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1854 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1855 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1856 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1857 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1858 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1859 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1860 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1861 }
1862 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1863
1864 case Instruction::SetGT:
1865 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> X > 13
1866 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1867 break; // (X == 13 | X > 15) -> no change
1868 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1869 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1871 }
1872 break;
1873 case Instruction::SetNE:
1874 switch (RHSCC) {
1875 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1876 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1877 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1878 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1879 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1880 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1881 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1882 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1883 }
1884 break;
1885 case Instruction::SetLT:
1886 switch (RHSCC) {
1887 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1888 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1889 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001890 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1891 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001892 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1893 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1895 }
1896 break;
1897 case Instruction::SetGT:
1898 switch (RHSCC) {
1899 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1900 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1901 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1903 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1904 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1905 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1906 }
1907 }
1908 }
1909 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001910 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001911}
1912
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001913// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
1914struct XorSelf {
1915 Value *RHS;
1916 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
1917 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
1918 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
1919 return &Xor;
1920 }
1921};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001922
1923
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001924Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001925 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001926 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001927
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001928 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1929 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
1930
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001931 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
1932 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
1933 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001934 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001935 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001936
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001937 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001938 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001939 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001940 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001941
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001942 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001943 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001944 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001945 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001946 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
1947 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001948
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001949 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001950 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
1951 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001952 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
1953 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001954 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001955 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001956 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001957
1958 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
1959 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
1960 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
1961 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
1962 Instruction *NotY =
1963 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
1964 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
1965 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
1966 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
1967 }
1968 }
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001969
1970 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001971 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1972 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001973 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001974 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001975 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
1976 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
1977 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001978 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001979 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001980 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001981 break;
1982 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001983 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001984 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
1985 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001986 break;
1987 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001988 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001989 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00001990 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001991 break;
1992 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001993 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001994 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001995
1996 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1997 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001998 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001999 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002000 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2001 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2002 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002003 }
2004
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002005 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002006 if (X == Op1)
2007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2008 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2009
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002010 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002011 if (X == Op0)
2012 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2013 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2014
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002015 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002016 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002017 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2018 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2019 I.swapOperands();
2020 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2021 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2022 I.swapOperands();
2023 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002024 }
2025 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2026 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2027 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2028 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2029 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2030 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002031
2032 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002033 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002034 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2035 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002036 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002037 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2038 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002039 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002040 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002041 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2042 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2043 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2044 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2045 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002046 }
2047
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002048 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002049 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2050 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2051 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002052 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002053 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002054
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002055 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2056 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2057 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2058 return R;
2059
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002060 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002061}
2062
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002063/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2064/// overflowed for this type.
2065static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2066 ConstantInt *In2) {
2067 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2068 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2069}
2070
2071static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2072 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2073}
2074
2075/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2076/// overflowed for this type.
2077static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2078 ConstantInt *In2) {
2079 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2080
2081 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2082 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2083 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2084 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2085 return false;
2086 if (isPositive(In1))
2087 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2088 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2089 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2090 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2091}
2092
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002093/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2094/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2095/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2096static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2097 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2098 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2099 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2100 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2101 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2102
2103 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2104 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2105 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2106
2107 ++GTI; // Measure type stepping over.
2108 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2109 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
2110 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(*GTI) & PtrSizeMask;
2111 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2112 SIntPtrTy);
2113 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2114 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002115 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002116 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2117 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2118 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2119 else {
2120 // Emit an add instruction.
2121 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2122 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2123 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2124 }
2125 }
2126 } else {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002127 //if (Op->getType() != Scale->getType())
2128 if (Size != 1) {
2129 // Convert to correct type.
2130 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2131 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2132
2133 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2134 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2135 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
2136 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002137
2138 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002139 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002140 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2141 }
2142 }
2143 return Result;
2144}
2145
2146/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2147/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2148Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2149 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2150 Instruction &I) {
2151 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
2152
2153 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2154 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2155 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2156 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2157 // index is zero or not.
2158
2159 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2160 // the result to fold to a constant!
2161 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2162 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2163 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2164 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2165 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2166 }
2167 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
2168 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0))
2169 return 0;
2170
2171 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2172 // the result to fold to a constant!
2173 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2174 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2175 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2176 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2177 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2178 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2179 }
2180 }
2181 return 0;
2182}
2183
2184
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002185Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002186 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002187 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2188 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002189
2190 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002191 if (Op0 == Op1)
2192 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002193
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002194 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2195 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2196
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002197 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2198 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
2199 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2200 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2201 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
2202 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002203 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2204
2205 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2206 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002207 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2208 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2209 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002210 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002211 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002212 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002213 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002214 case Instruction::SetNE:
2215 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002216
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002217 case Instruction::SetGT:
2218 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2219 // FALL THROUGH
2220 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2221 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2222 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2223 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2224 }
2225 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002226 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002227 // FALL THROUGH
2228 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2229 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2230 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2231 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2232 }
2233 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002234 }
2235
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002236 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2237 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002238 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002239 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2240 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2241 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2242 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2243 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2244 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2245 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2246 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2247 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2248 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2249
2250 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2251 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2252 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2253 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2254 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2255 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2256 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2257 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2258 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2259
2260 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2261 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2262 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2263 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2264 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2265 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2266
2267 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2268 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2269 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2270 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2271 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2272 }
2273
2274 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2275 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2276 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2277 //
2278 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2279 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2280 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2281 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2282
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002283 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002284 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002285 case Instruction::PHI:
2286 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2287 return NV;
2288 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002289 case Instruction::And:
2290 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2291 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2292 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2293 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2294 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2295 // access.
2296 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2297 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2298 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2299 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2300 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
2301
2302 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2303 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2304 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2305 if (ShAmt) {
2306 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002307 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002308 if (!CanFold) {
2309 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2310 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
2311 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd8f5e2c2004-07-21 20:14:10 +00002312 Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8-ShAmt->getValue());
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002313 Constant *ShVal =
2314 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2315 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2316 CanFold = true;
2317 }
2318
2319 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002320 Constant *NewCst;
2321 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2322 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2323 else
2324 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002325
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002326 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2327 // compared.
2328 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2329 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2330 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2331 // result is always true or false now.
2332 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2333 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2334 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2335 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2336 } else {
2337 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002338 Constant *NewAndCST;
2339 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2340 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2341 else
2342 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2343 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002344 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2345 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2346 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2347 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002348 }
2349 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002350 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002351 }
2352 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002353
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002354 // (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2355 case Instruction::Cast: {
2356 Instruction* replacement =
2357 visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(I,cast<CastInst>(LHSI),CI);
2358 if (replacement)
2359 return replacement;
Chris Lattnerbe7a69e2004-09-29 03:09:18 +00002360 break;
2361 }
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002362
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002363 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2364 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2365 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2366 default: break;
2367 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2368 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2369 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2370 // comparison cannot succeed.
2371 Constant *Comp =
2372 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2373 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2374 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2375 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2376 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2377 }
2378
2379 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2380 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002381 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002382 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2383 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2384
2385 Constant *Mask;
2386 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2387 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2388 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2389 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2390 } else {
2391 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2392 }
2393
2394 Instruction *AndI =
2395 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2396 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2397 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2398 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2399 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2400 }
2401 }
2402 }
2403 }
2404 break;
2405
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002406 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002407 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002408 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2409 default: break;
2410 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2411 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2412 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2413 // comparison cannot succeed.
2414 Constant *Comp =
2415 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2416
2417 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2418 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2419 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2420 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2421 }
2422
2423 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002424 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002425
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002426 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2427 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2428 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2429
2430 Constant *Mask;
2431 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2432 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2433 Val &= (1ULL << TypeBits)-1;
2434 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2435 } else {
2436 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2437 }
2438
2439 Instruction *AndI =
2440 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2441 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2442 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2443 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2444 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2445 }
2446 break;
2447 }
2448 }
2449 }
2450 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002451
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002452 case Instruction::Div:
2453 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2454 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2455 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2456 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2457 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2458 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2459 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2460 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2461
2462 ConstantInt *Prod;
2463 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2464
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002465 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2466
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002467 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2468 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2469 LoBound = Prod;
2470 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2471 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2472 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2473 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2474 // Can't overflow.
2475 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2476 HiBound = DivRHS;
2477 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2478 LoBound = Prod;
2479 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2480 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2481 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2482 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2483 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2484 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2485 HiBound = Prod;
2486 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2487 }
2488 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2489 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2490 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2491 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2492 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2493 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2494 if (!LoOverflow)
2495 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2496 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2497 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2498 LoBound = Prod;
2499 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2500 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2501 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002502
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002503 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2504 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002505 }
2506
2507 if (LoBound) {
2508 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002509 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002510 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2511 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2512 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2513 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2514 else if (HiOverflow)
2515 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2516 else if (LoOverflow)
2517 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2518 else
2519 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2520 case Instruction::SetNE:
2521 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2522 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2523 else if (HiOverflow)
2524 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2525 else if (LoOverflow)
2526 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2527 else
2528 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2529 case Instruction::SetLT:
2530 if (LoOverflow)
2531 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2532 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2533 case Instruction::SetGT:
2534 if (HiOverflow)
2535 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2536 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2537 }
2538 }
2539 }
2540 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002541 case Instruction::Select:
2542 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2543 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2544 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2545 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2546 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002547 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002548 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2549 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2550 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2551 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002552 LHSI->getOperand(2), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002553 I.getName()), I);
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002554 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002555 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2556 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2557 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2558 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002559 LHSI->getOperand(1), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002560 I.getName()), I);
2561 }
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002562 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002563
2564 if (Op1)
2565 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2566 break;
2567 }
2568
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002569 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2570 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2571 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2572 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2573
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002574 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002575 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002576 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2577 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002578 case Instruction::Rem:
2579 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2580 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2581 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2582 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2583 if (unsigned L2 =
2584 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2585 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2586 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2587 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2588 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2589 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2590 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2591 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2592 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2593 }
2594 break;
2595
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002596 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002597 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2598 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002599 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2600 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2601 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002602 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002603 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2604 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2605 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002606
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002607 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2608 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2609 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2610 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002611 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002612 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2613 BO->setName("");
2614 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2615 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2616 }
2617 }
2618 break;
2619 case Instruction::Xor:
2620 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2621 // the explicit xor.
2622 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2623 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002624 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002625
2626 // FALLTHROUGH
2627 case Instruction::Sub:
2628 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2629 if (CI->isNullValue())
2630 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2631 BO->getOperand(1));
2632 break;
2633
2634 case Instruction::Or:
2635 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2636 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002637 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002638 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002639 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002640 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002641 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002642 break;
2643
2644 case Instruction::And:
2645 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002646 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2647 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002648 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2649 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002650 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002651
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002652 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002653 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002654 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2655 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2656 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002657
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002658 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2659 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2660 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2661 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2662 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2663 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002664 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002665 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002666 }
2667 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2668 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2669 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2670 }
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002671
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002672 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002673 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2674 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002675 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002676
2677 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002678 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2679 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2680 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2681 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002682 }
2683
2684 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002685 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002686 }
2687
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002688 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002689 default: break;
2690 }
2691 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002692 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
2693 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
2694 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2695 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2696 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
2697 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize();
2698 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
2699 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2700 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
2701 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2702 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2703 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2704 // vicinity of zero.
2705 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2706 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002707 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002708 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1));
2709 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2710 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2711 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002712 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002713 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1)));
2714 } else {
2715 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2716 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
2717 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))
2718 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002719 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2720 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002721 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2722 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1)
2723 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002724 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2725 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002726 }
2727 }
2728 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002729 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002730 }
2731
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002732 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2733 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2734 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2735 return NI;
2736 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2737 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2738 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2739 return NI;
2740
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002741 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2742 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002743 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2744 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2745 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002746 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002747 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2748 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2749 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2750 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002751 Op0 = CastOp0;
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002752
2753 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2754 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002755 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2756 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002757 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002758 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002759
2760 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2761 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2762 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2763 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
2764 } else {
2765 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
2766 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
2767 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
2768 }
2769 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
2770 }
2771
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002772 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
2773 // This comes up when you have code like
2774 // int X = A < B;
2775 // if (X) ...
2776 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
2777 // with a constant.
2778 if (ConstantInt *ConstantRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
2779 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp0->getType();
2780 const Type *DestTy = Op0->getType();
2781 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
2782 (SrcTy->isUnsigned() || SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)) {
2783 // Ok, we have an expansion of operand 0 into a new type. Get the
2784 // constant value, masink off bits which are not set in the RHS. These
2785 // could be set if the destination value is signed.
2786 uint64_t ConstVal = ConstantRHS->getRawValue();
2787 ConstVal &= (1ULL << DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
2788
2789 // If the constant we are comparing it with has high bits set, which
2790 // don't exist in the original value, the values could never be equal,
2791 // because the source would be zero extended.
2792 unsigned SrcBits =
2793 SrcTy == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00002794 bool HasSignBit = ConstVal & (1ULL << (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1));
2795 if (ConstVal & ~((1ULL << SrcBits)-1)) {
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002796 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2797 default: assert(0 && "Unknown comparison type!");
2798 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2799 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2800 case Instruction::SetNE:
2801 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2802 case Instruction::SetLT:
2803 case Instruction::SetLE:
2804 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2805 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2806 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2807 case Instruction::SetGT:
2808 case Instruction::SetGE:
2809 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2810 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2811 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2812 }
2813 }
2814
2815 // Otherwise, we can replace the setcc with a setcc of the smaller
2816 // operand value.
2817 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(cast<Constant>(Op1), SrcTy);
2818 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), CastOp0, Op1);
2819 }
2820 }
2821 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002822 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002823}
2824
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002825// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant - this method is part of the
2826// visitSetCondInst method. It handles the situation where we have:
2827// (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2828// It tries to remove the cast and even the setcc if the CI value
2829// and range of the cast allow it.
2830Instruction *
2831InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
2832 CastInst* LHSI,
2833 ConstantInt* CI) {
2834 const Type *SrcTy = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType();
2835 const Type *DestTy = LHSI->getType();
2836 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && DestTy->isIntegral()) {
2837 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2838 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2839 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
2840 SrcBits = 1;
2841 if (DestTy == Type::BoolTy)
2842 DestBits = 1;
2843 if (SrcBits < DestBits) {
2844 // There are fewer bits in the source of the cast than in the result
2845 // of the cast. Any other case doesn't matter because the constant
2846 // value won't have changed due to sign extension.
2847 Constant *NewCst = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
2848 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(NewCst, DestTy) == CI) {
2849 // The constant value operand of the setCC before and after a
2850 // cast to the source type of the cast instruction is the same
2851 // value, so we just replace with the same setcc opcode, but
2852 // using the source value compared to the constant casted to the
2853 // source type.
2854 if (SrcTy->isSigned() && DestTy->isUnsigned()) {
2855 CastInst* Cst = new CastInst(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2856 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion(), LHSI->getName());
2857 InsertNewInstBefore(Cst,I);
2858 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), Cst,
2859 ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion()));
2860 }
2861 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),NewCst);
2862 }
2863 // The constant value before and after a cast to the source type
2864 // is different, so various cases are possible depending on the
2865 // opcode and the signs of the types involved in the cast.
2866 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2867 case Instruction::SetLT: {
2868 Constant* Max = ConstantIntegral::getMaxValue(SrcTy);
2869 Max = ConstantExpr::getCast(Max, DestTy);
2870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetLT(Max, CI));
2871 }
2872 case Instruction::SetGT: {
2873 Constant* Min = ConstantIntegral::getMinValue(SrcTy);
2874 Min = ConstantExpr::getCast(Min, DestTy);
2875 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetGT(Min, CI));
2876 }
2877 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2878 // We're looking for equality, and we know the values are not
2879 // equal so replace with constant False.
2880 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2881 case Instruction::SetNE:
2882 // We're testing for inequality, and we know the values are not
2883 // equal so replace with constant True.
2884 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2885 case Instruction::SetLE:
2886 case Instruction::SetGE:
2887 assert(!"SetLE and SetGE should be handled elsewhere");
2888 default:
2889 assert(!"unknown integer comparison");
2890 }
2891 }
2892 }
2893 return 0;
2894}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002895
2896
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00002897Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002898 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
2899 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00002900 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002901
2902 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
2903 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
2904 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002905 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
2906 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002907
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002908 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
2909 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00002910 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002911 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
2912 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
2913 }
2914 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
2915 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
2916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
2917 else
2918 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
2919 }
2920
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00002921 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
2922 if (!isLeftShift)
2923 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
2924 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
2925 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
2926
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002927 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2928 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
2929 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002930 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002931 return R;
2932
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002933 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00002934 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
2935 // of a signed value.
2936 //
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00002937 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00002938 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
2939 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
2940 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
2941 else {
2942 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
2943 return &I;
2944 }
2945 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00002946
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00002947 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
2948 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2949 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
2950 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002951 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
2952 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00002953
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002954 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2955 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002956 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002957 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002958 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2959 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2960 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00002961
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002962 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
2963 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
2964 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
2965 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2966 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
2967 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
2968 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2969 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
2970 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
2971 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
2972 // left.
2973 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
2974 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
2975 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
2976 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
2977 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
2978 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
2979 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
2980 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
2981 Instruction *NC =
2982 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
2983 CI->getName()+".uns");
2984 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
2985 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
2986 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
2987 CI->setName("");
2988 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
2989 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
2990 I.setOperand(0, NC);
2991 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
2992 }
2993 }
2994 }
2995
2996 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
2997 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00002998 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2999 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3000 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3001 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3002
3003 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3004 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003005 case Instruction::Add:
3006 isValid = isLeftShift;
3007 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003008 case Instruction::Or:
3009 case Instruction::Xor:
3010 highBitSet = false;
3011 break;
3012 case Instruction::And:
3013 highBitSet = true;
3014 break;
3015 }
3016
3017 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3018 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3019 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3020 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3021 // operation.
3022 //
3023 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3024 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3025 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3026 }
3027
3028 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003029 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003030
3031 Instruction *NewShift =
3032 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3033 Op0BO->getName());
3034 Op0BO->setName("");
3035 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3036
3037 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3038 NewRHS);
3039 }
3040 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003041 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003042
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003043 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003044 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003045 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3046 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003047 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3048 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003049
3050 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3051 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3052 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003053 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8 < Amt)
3054 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003055 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3056 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3057 }
3058
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003059 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3060 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3061 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003062 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003063 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3064 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003065 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003066 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003067 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003068 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003069
3070 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003071 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3072 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003073 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
3074
3075 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3076 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3077 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3078 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3079 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3080 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3081 } else {
3082 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3083 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3084 }
3085 }
3086 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003087 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003088
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003089 return 0;
3090}
3091
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003092enum CastType {
3093 Noop = 0,
3094 Truncate = 1,
3095 Signext = 2,
3096 Zeroext = 3
3097};
3098
3099/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3100/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3101static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3102 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3103 "Only works on integral types!");
3104 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3105 if (Src == Type::BoolTy) SrcSize = 1;
3106 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3107 if (Dest == Type::BoolTy) DestSize = 1;
3108
3109 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3110 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3111 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3112 return Zeroext;
3113}
3114
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003115
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003116// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3117// instruction.
3118//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003119static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003120 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003121
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003122 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
3123 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003124 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003125 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003126 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003127
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003128 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3129 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3130 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3131 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3132 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003133
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003134 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3135 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003136 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003137 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3138 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003139
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003140 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3141 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3142 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3143 // First cast is noop
3144 0, 1, 2, 3,
3145 // First cast is a truncate
3146 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3147 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003148 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003149 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003150 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003151 };
3152
3153 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3154 switch (Result) {
3155 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3156 case 0:
3157 case 1:
3158 case 2:
3159 case 3:
3160 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3161 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3162 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3163 case 4:
3164 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3165 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003166 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3167 // is a truncate or noop.
3168 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3169 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3170 return true;
3171 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
3172 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3173 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003174 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003175 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003176 return false;
3177}
3178
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003179static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003180 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3181 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003182 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3183 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003184 return false;
3185 return true;
3186}
3187
3188/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3189/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3190/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3191///
3192Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3193 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3194 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3195 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3196 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3197
3198 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3199 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3200 return CI;
3201}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003202
3203// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003204//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003205Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003206 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3207
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003208 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3209 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003210 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3211 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003212
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003213 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3214 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3215
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003216 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3217 // one!
3218 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003219 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3220 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3221 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3222 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003223 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3224 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003225 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3226 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003227 }
3228
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003229 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3230 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3231 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003232 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003233 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003234 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
3235 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() < CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()&&
3236 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003237 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3238 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner196897c2003-05-26 23:41:32 +00003239 uint64_t AndValue = (1ULL << CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003240 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3241 AndValue);
3242 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3243 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3244 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3245 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3246 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3247 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3248 }
3249 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003250 }
3251 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003252
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003253 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3254 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003255 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003256 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3257
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003258 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3259 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3260 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003261 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003262 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3263 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3264 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3265 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3266 AllZeroOperands = false;
3267 break;
3268 }
3269 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3270 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3271 return &CI;
3272 }
3273 }
3274
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003275 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3276 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3277 //
3278 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003279 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003280 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3281 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3282 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003283 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003284 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003285 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3286 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003287
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003288 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3289 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
3290 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003291 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003292 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3293 AllocationInst *New;
3294 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3295 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3296 else
3297 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3298 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3299 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3300 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003301 }
3302 }
3303
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003304 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3305 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3306 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003307 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3308 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3309 return NV;
3310
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003311 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3312 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3313 // for now.
3314 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003315 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003316 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3317 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
3318 unsigned SrcBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(Src->getType());
3319 unsigned DestBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(DestTy);
3320
3321 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3322 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3323
3324 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3325 case Instruction::Add:
3326 case Instruction::Mul:
3327 case Instruction::And:
3328 case Instruction::Or:
3329 case Instruction::Xor:
3330 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3331 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3332 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3333 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3334 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003335 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3336 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003337 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3338 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3339 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3340 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3341 }
3342 }
3343 break;
3344 case Instruction::Shl:
3345 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3346 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3347 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3348 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3349 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3350 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3351 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3352 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3353 }
3354 break;
3355 }
3356 }
3357
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003358 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003359}
3360
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003361/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3362/// %C = or %A, %B
3363/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3364/// into:
3365/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3366/// %D = or %A, %C
3367///
3368/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3369/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3370/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3371///
3372static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3373 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3374 case Instruction::Add:
3375 case Instruction::Mul:
3376 case Instruction::And:
3377 case Instruction::Or:
3378 case Instruction::Xor:
3379 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3380 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3381 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3382 case Instruction::Shr:
3383 return 1;
3384 default:
3385 return 0; // Cannot fold
3386 }
3387}
3388
3389/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3390/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3391static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3392 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3393 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3394 case Instruction::Add:
3395 case Instruction::Sub:
3396 case Instruction::Or:
3397 case Instruction::Xor:
3398 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3399 case Instruction::Shl:
3400 case Instruction::Shr:
3401 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3402 case Instruction::And:
3403 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3404 case Instruction::Mul:
3405 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3406 }
3407}
3408
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003409Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003410 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3411 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3412 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3413
3414 // select true, X, Y -> X
3415 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3416 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003417 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003418 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003419 else {
3420 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003421 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003422 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003423
3424 // select C, X, X -> X
3425 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3426 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3427
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003428 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3429 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3430 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3431 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3432 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3433 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3434 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3435 else
3436 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3437 }
3438
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003439 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3440 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3441 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3442 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003443 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003444 } else {
3445 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3446 Value *NotCond =
3447 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3448 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003449 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003450 }
3451 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3452 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3453 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003454 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003455 } else {
3456 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3457 Value *NotCond =
3458 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3459 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003460 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003461 }
3462 }
3463
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003464 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3465 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3466 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3467 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3468 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3469 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3470 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3471 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3472 Value *NotCond =
3473 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003474 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003475 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003476 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003477
3478 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3479 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3480 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3481 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3482 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3483 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3484 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3485 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3486 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3487 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3488 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3489 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
3490 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3491 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3492 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
3493 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3494 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3495 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3496 // false val is the zero.
3497 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3498 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3499 Value *V = ICA;
3500 if (ShouldNotVal)
3501 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3502 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3503 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3504 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003505 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003506
3507 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3508 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3509 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3510 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3511 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3512 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3513 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3514 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3515 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3516 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3517
3518 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3519 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3520 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003521 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003522 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3523 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003524 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003525 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3526 }
3527 }
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003528
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003529 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3530 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3531 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3532 // transformation we are doing here.
3533 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3534 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3535 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3536 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3537 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3538 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3539 OpToFold = 1;
3540 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3541 OpToFold = 2;
3542 }
3543
3544 if (OpToFold) {
3545 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3546 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3547 Instruction *NewSel =
3548 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3549 Name);
3550 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3551 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3552 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3553 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3554 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3555 else {
3556 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3557 }
3558 }
3559 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00003560
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003561 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3562 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3563 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3564 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
3565 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3566 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
3567 OpToFold = 1;
3568 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
3569 OpToFold = 2;
3570 }
3571
3572 if (OpToFold) {
3573 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
3574 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
3575 Instruction *NewSel =
3576 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
3577 Name);
3578 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3579 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
3580 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3581 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
3582 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3583 else {
3584 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3585 }
3586 }
3587 }
3588 }
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003589 return 0;
3590}
3591
3592
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003593// CallInst simplification
3594//
3595Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003596 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3597 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003598 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
3599 bool Changed = false;
3600
3601 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3602 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3603 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3604
3605 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
3606
3607 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
3608 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
3609 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3610 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3611 // alignment is sufficient.
3612 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003613 }
3614
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003615 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3616 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3617 // into a call to memcpy.
3618 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
3619 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3620 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3621 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
3622 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
3623 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
3624 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
3625 Changed = true;
3626 }
3627
3628 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00003629 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
3630 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
3631 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
3632 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
3633 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
3634 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
3635 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
3636 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
3637 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3638 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003639 }
3640
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003641 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003642}
3643
3644// InvokeInst simplification
3645//
3646Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003647 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003648}
3649
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003650// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
3651//
3652Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003653 bool Changed = false;
3654
3655 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
3656 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003657 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
3658
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003659 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003660
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003661 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
3662 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
3663 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
3664 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
3665 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
3666 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
3667 CS.getInstruction());
3668
3669 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
3670 CS.getInstruction()->
3671 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
3672
3673 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
3674 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
3675 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
3676 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003677 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003678 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
3679 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003680
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003681 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
3682 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
3683 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
3684 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
3685 // the call.
3686 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
3687 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
3688 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
3689 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
3690 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
3691 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
3692 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
3693 *I = Op;
3694 Changed = true;
3695 }
3696 }
3697 }
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003698
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003699 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003700}
3701
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003702// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
3703// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
3704//
3705bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
3706 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
3707 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00003708 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003709 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00003710 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003711 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
3712
3713 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
3714 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
3715 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
3716 //
3717 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
3718 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
3719
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003720 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
3721 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
3722 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
3723 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
3724 !Caller->use_empty())
3725 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
3726
3727 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
3728 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
3729 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
3730 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
3731 if (!Caller->use_empty())
3732 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
3733 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
3734 UI != E; ++UI)
3735 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
3736 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003737 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003738 return false;
3739 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003740
3741 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
3742 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
3743
3744 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
3745 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
3746 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3747 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
3748 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
3749 }
3750
3751 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
3752 Callee->isExternal())
3753 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
3754
3755 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
3756 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
3757 std::vector<Value*> Args;
3758 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
3759
3760 AI = CS.arg_begin();
3761 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3762 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3763 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
3764 Args.push_back(*AI);
3765 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003766 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
3767 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003768 }
3769 }
3770
3771 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
3772 // now...
3773 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
3774 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
3775
3776 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
3777 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
3778 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
3779 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
3780 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
3781 } else {
3782 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
3783 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3784 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
3785 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
3786 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
3787 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
3788 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
3789 Args.push_back(Cast);
3790 } else {
3791 Args.push_back(*AI);
3792 }
3793 }
3794 }
3795
3796 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
3797 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
3798
3799 Instruction *NC;
3800 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003801 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003802 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3803 } else {
3804 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3805 }
3806
3807 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
3808 Value *NV = NC;
3809 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
3810 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
3811 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00003812
3813 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
3814 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
3815 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
3816 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
3817 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
3818 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
3819 } else {
3820 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
3821 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
3822 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003823 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003824 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00003825 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003826 }
3827 }
3828
3829 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
3830 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
3831 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
3832 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
3833 return true;
3834}
3835
3836
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003837// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
3838// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
3839// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
3840Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
3841 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
3842
3843 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
3844 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
3845 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
3846 // code size and simplifying code.
3847 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
3848 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
3849 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
3850 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
3851 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
3852 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
3853 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
3854 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
3855 } else {
3856 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
3857 }
3858
3859 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
3860 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
3861 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
3862 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
3863 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
3864 return 0;
3865 if (CastSrcTy) {
3866 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
3867 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
3868 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
3869 return 0;
3870 }
3871 }
3872
3873 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
3874 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
3875 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
3876 PN.getName()+".in");
3877 NewPN->op_reserve(PN.getNumOperands());
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00003878
3879 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
3880 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003881
3882 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00003883 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
3884 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
3885 if (NewInVal != InVal)
3886 InVal = 0;
3887 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
3888 }
3889
3890 Value *PhiVal;
3891 if (InVal) {
3892 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
3893 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
3894 PhiVal = InVal;
3895 delete NewPN;
3896 } else {
3897 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
3898 PhiVal = NewPN;
3899 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003900
3901 // Insert and return the new operation.
3902 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00003903 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003904 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00003905 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003906 else
3907 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00003908 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003909}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003910
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00003911// PHINode simplification
3912//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003913Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00003914 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
3915 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
3916 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
3917 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
3918 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
3919 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00003920 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
3921 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00003922 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
3923 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
3924 V = 0;
3925 break;
3926 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00003927 }
3928
3929 if (V)
3930 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
3931 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00003932
3933 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
3934 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
3935 // constants.
3936 if (PN.hasOneUse())
3937 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
3938 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
3939 bool AllConstant = true;
3940 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
3941 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
3942 AllConstant = false;
3943 break;
3944 }
3945 if (AllConstant) {
3946 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
3947 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
3948 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
3949 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
3950 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
3951 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
3952 }
3953
3954 // Update the cast instruction.
3955 CI->setOperand(0, New);
3956 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
3957 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
3958 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
3959 }
3960 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003961
3962 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
3963 // reducing code size.
3964 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
3965 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
3966 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
3967 return Result;
3968
3969
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00003970 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00003971}
3972
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00003973static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
3974 Instruction *InsertPoint,
3975 InstCombiner *IC) {
3976 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
3977 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00003978 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
3979 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
3980 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
3981 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
3982 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
3983 *InsertPoint);
3984}
3985
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003986
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003987Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00003988 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00003989 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003990 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00003991 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00003992 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00003993
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003994 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
3995 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
3996
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00003997 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
3998 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
3999 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4000
4001 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004002 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004003
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004004 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4005 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004006 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4007 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4008 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4009 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4010 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4011 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4012 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4013 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
4014 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()) {
4015 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4016 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4017 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
4018 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4019 MadeChange = true;
4020 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4021 }
4022 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4023 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4024 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4025 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4026 // pointer target.
4027 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
4028 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4029 MadeChange = true;
4030 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4031 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004032 }
4033 }
4034 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004035 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4036 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4037 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4038 // obvious.
4039 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4040 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004041 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004042 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4043 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004044 MadeChange = true;
4045 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004046 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4047 Op->getName()), GEP);
4048 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4049 MadeChange = true;
4050 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004051
4052 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4053 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4054 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4055 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4056 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4057 MadeChange = true;
4058 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004059 }
4060 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4061
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004062 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4063 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4064 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4065 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004066 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004067 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004068 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004069
4070 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004071 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4072 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4073 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4074 //
4075 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4076 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4077 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4078
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004079 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004080
4081 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4082 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4083 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4084 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004085 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004086
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004087 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004088 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004089 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4090 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4091 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004092 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004093 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4094 Sum = GO1;
4095 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4096 Sum = SO1;
4097 } else {
4098 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4099 // target's pointer size.
4100 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4101 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4102 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4103 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4104 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4105 } else {
4106 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004107 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4108 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4109 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4110
4111 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4112 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4113 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4114 } else {
4115 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4116 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4117 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4118 }
4119 }
4120 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004121 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4122 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4123 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004124 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4125 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004126 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004127 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004128
4129 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4130 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4131 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4132 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4133 return &GEP;
4134 } else {
4135 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4136 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4137 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4138 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4139 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004140 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
4141 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004142 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004143 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004144 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4145 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004146 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4147 }
4148
4149 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004150 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004151
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004152 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004153 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4154 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4155
4156 // Scan for nonconstants...
4157 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4158 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4159 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4160 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4161
4162 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004163 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004164
4165 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4166 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4167 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004168 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004169 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4170 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4171 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4172 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4173 //
4174 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4175 //
4176 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4177 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4178 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4179 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4180 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4181 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4182 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4183 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4184 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4185 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4186 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4187 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4188 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4189 return &GEP;
4190 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004191 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4192 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004193 // Transform things like:
4194 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4195 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4196 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4197 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4198 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4199 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4200 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4201 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4202 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4203 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4204 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4205 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4206 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004207 }
4208 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004209 }
4210
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004211 return 0;
4212}
4213
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004214Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4215 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4216 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4217 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4218 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004219 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004220
4221 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4222 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004223 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004224 else {
4225 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004226 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004227 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004228
4229 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004230
4231 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4232 // allocas if possible...
4233 //
4234 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4235 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4236
4237 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4238 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4239 //
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004240 std::vector<Value*> Idx(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004241 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, Idx, New->getName()+".sub", It);
4242
4243 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4244 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004245 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004246 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4247 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004248 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004249
4250 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4251 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4252 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004253 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
4254 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004255 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4256
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004257 return 0;
4258}
4259
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004260Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4261 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4262
4263 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4264 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4265 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4266 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4267 return &FI;
4268 }
4269
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004270 // free undef -> unreachable.
4271 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4272 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4273 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4274 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4275 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4276 }
4277
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004278 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4279 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004280 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004281 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004282
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004283 return 0;
4284}
4285
4286
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004287/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4288/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4289/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4290///
4291static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004292 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004293 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4294
4295 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4296 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004297 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4298 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4299 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4300 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4301 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4302 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004303 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004304 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004305 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004306 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004307 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004308 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004309 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004310 } else {
4311 return 0;
4312 }
4313 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4314 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4315 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4316 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004317 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004318 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4319 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004320 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4321 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004322 else
4323 return 0;
4324 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004325 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004326 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004327 return C;
4328}
4329
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004330static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4331 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
4332
4333 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4334 if (const PointerType *SrcTy =
4335 dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4336 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4337 if (SrcPTy->isSized() && DestPTy->isSized() &&
4338 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
4339 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy) &&
4340 (SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
4341 (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy))) {
4342 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4343 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4344 // the result of the loaded value.
4345 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CI->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004346 CI->getName(),
4347 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004348 // Now cast the result of the load.
4349 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4350 }
4351 }
4352 return 0;
4353}
4354
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004355/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004356/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4357/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4358/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4359static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4360 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4361 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4362
4363 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4364 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004365 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4366 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4367 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004368 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4369
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004370 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004371 --BBI;
4372
4373 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4374 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4375 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4376 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
4377
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004378 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004379 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004380}
4381
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004382Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4383 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004384
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004385 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
4386 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) &&
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004387 !LI.isVolatile()) { // load null/undef -> undef
4388 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4389 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4390 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
4391 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()), C, &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004392 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004393 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004394
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004395 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4396 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4397 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4398 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
4399
4400 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4401 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4402 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4403 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4404 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4405 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4406 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
4407 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4408 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4409 return Res;
4410 }
4411 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004412
4413 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004414 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4415 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4416 return Res;
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004417
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004418 if (!LI.isVolatile() && Op->hasOneUse()) {
4419 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4420 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4421 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4422 //
4423 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4424 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4425 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4426 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4427 // unconditionally.
4428 //
4429 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4430 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004431 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4432 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004433 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004434 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004435 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004436 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004437 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4438 }
4439
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004440 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4441 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4442 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4443 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4444 return &LI;
4445 }
4446
4447 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4448 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4449 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4450 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4451 return &LI;
4452 }
4453
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004454 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4455 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004456 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4457
4458 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4459 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4460 // loaded from the PHI.
4461 if (Safe) {
4462 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
4463 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
4464 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
4465 Safe = false;
4466 break;
4467 }
4468 }
4469
4470 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004471 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004472 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004473 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004474
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004475 if (Safe) {
4476 // Create the PHI.
4477 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
4478 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
4479 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
4480
4481 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4482 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
4483 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
4484 if (TheLoad == 0) {
4485 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4486 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
4487 InVal->getName()+".val"),
4488 *BB->getTerminator());
4489 }
4490 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
4491 }
4492 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
4493 }
4494 }
4495 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004496 return 0;
4497}
4498
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004499Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
4500 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004501 Value *X;
4502 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
4503 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
4504 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
4505 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4506 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4507 BI.setCondition(X);
4508 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4509 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
4510 return &BI;
4511 }
4512
4513 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
4514 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
4515 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
4516 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
4517 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
4518 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
4519 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
4520 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
4521 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
4522 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004523 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004524 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004525 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4526 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004527 removeFromWorkList(I);
4528 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4529 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004530 return &BI;
4531 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004532
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004533 return 0;
4534}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004535
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004536Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
4537 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4538 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4539 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
4540 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
4541 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
4542 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004543 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004544 AddRHS));
4545 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
4546 WorkList.push_back(I);
4547 return &SI;
4548 }
4549 }
4550 return 0;
4551}
4552
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004553
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004554void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
4555 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
4556 WorkList.end());
4557}
4558
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004559
4560/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
4561/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
4562/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
4563/// end of its block.
4564static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
4565 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
4566
4567 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
4568 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
4569
4570 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
4571 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
4572 return false;
4573
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004574 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
4575 // the end of block that could change the value.
4576 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
4577 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
4578
4579 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
4580 Scan != E; ++Scan)
4581 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
4582 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004583 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004584
4585 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
4586 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
4587
4588 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
4589 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
4590 ++NumSunkInst;
4591 return true;
4592}
4593
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004594bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004595 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00004596 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004597
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004598 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
4599 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00004600
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004601
4602 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
4603 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
4604 WorkList.pop_back();
4605
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004606 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004607 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
4608 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4609 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004610 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004611 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004612 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004613
4614 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4615 removeFromWorkList(I);
4616 continue;
4617 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004618
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004619 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004620 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004621 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004622 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004623 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
4624 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
4625 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004626 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
4627 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
4628 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
4629 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4630 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
4631 isFoldableGEP = false;
4632 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004633 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004634 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
4635 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00004636 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004637 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
4638 }
4639 }
4640
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004641 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004642 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00004643 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
4644
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004645 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004646 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00004647 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004648 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004649 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004650
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004651 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
4652 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
4653 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
4654 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
4655 if (UserParent != BB) {
4656 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
4657 // See if the user is one of our successors.
4658 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
4659 if (*SI == UserParent) {
4660 UserIsSuccessor = true;
4661 break;
4662 }
4663
4664 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
4665 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
4666 // otherwise), we can keep going.
4667 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
4668 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
4669 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
4670 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
4671 }
4672 }
4673
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004674 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004675 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00004676 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004677 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004678 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004679 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
4680 << " New = " << *Result);
4681
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004682 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
4683 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
4684
4685 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
4686 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4687 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004688
4689 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
4690 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00004691 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004692
4693 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
4694 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004695 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
4696
4697 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
4698 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
4699 ++InsertPos;
4700
4701 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004702
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004703 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
4704 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004705 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4706 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4707 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4708
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004709 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
4710 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
4711 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004712
4713 // Erase the old instruction.
4714 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004715 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004716 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
4717
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004718 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
4719 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004720 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4721 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
4722 // use counts.
4723 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4724 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4725 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4726
4727 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
4728 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004729 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004730 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004731 } else {
4732 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4733 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004734 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004735 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004736 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004737 }
4738 }
4739
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004740 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004741}
4742
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00004743FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004744 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004745}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00004746